Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 98660:90b078ed2dc4
(grep-mode-tool-bar-map): Check if tool-bar-map has been initialized
before setting it up.
author | Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 12 Oct 2008 13:46:13 +0000 |
parents | 440d088b9a23 |
children | f5d2a2e44839 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
79759 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 |
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
49323 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
49323 | 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
10 (at your option) any later version. |
49323 | 11 |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
49323 | 19 |
80608
83a48972e1ea
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
20 #include <config.h> |
49323 | 21 |
22 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 26 #include "lisp.h" |
27 #include "xterm.h" | |
28 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
29 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 30 #include "window.h" |
31 #include "atimer.h" | |
32 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
33 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 37 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
38 | |
97059
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
39 #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
40 #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
41 #endif |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
42 |
49323 | 43 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
44 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
45 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
46 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
47 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
48 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
52 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
53 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
54 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
55 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
56 /* Keep track of the default display, or NULL if there is none. Emacs |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
57 may close all its displays. */ |
84621 | 58 |
59 static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; | |
60 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
61 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
62 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
63 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
64 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
66 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
72 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
73 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
96 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
112 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
122 if (!gdpy_def) |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
123 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
124 gdpy); |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
125 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
127 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
136 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
137 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
144 /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
145 If there is no other display to use, gdpy_def is set to NULL, and |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
146 the next call to xg_display_open resets the default display. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
150 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new = NULL; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 { |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
156 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpyinfo->display); |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
157 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
158 gdpy_new); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
159 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
160 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
161 gdpy_def = gdpy_new; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
164 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
165 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
166 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way we |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
167 can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
168 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
169 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
170 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
171 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
172 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
173 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
174 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
175 |
49323 | 176 |
177 /*********************************************************************** | |
178 Utility functions | |
179 ***********************************************************************/ | |
180 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
181 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
182 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
183 | |
184 | |
185 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
186 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
187 static int malloc_cpt; | |
188 | |
189 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
190 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
191 | |
192 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
193 |
49323 | 194 widget_value * |
195 malloc_widget_value () | |
196 { | |
197 widget_value *wv; | |
198 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
199 { | |
200 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
201 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
202 wv->free_list = 0; | |
203 } | |
204 else | |
205 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
206 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 207 malloc_cpt++; |
208 } | |
209 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
210 return wv; | |
211 } | |
212 | |
213 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
214 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
215 |
49323 | 216 void |
217 free_widget_value (wv) | |
218 widget_value *wv; | |
219 { | |
220 if (wv->free_list) | |
221 abort (); | |
222 | |
223 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
224 { | |
225 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
226 We free it. */ | |
227 free (wv); | |
228 malloc_cpt--; | |
229 } | |
230 else | |
231 { | |
232 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
233 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
234 } | |
235 } | |
236 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
237 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
238 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
239 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
240 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
241 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
242 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
243 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
244 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
245 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
246 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
247 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
248 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
249 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
250 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
251 static GdkPixbuf * |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
254 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 GdkColormap *cmap; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 guchar *pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 guchar *mask_pixels; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
289 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
290 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
291 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
292 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
293 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
294 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
295 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
296 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
297 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
298 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
299 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
300 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
301 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
302 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
303 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
304 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
305 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
306 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
307 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
308 file_for_image(image) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
309 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
310 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
311 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
312 Lisp_Object tail; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
313 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
314 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
315 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
316 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
317 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
318 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
319 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
320 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
321 return specified_file; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
322 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
323 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
324 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
325 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
326 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
327 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
328 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
329 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
330 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
331 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
332 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
333 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
334 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
335 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
336 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
337 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
338 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
339 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
340 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
341 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
342 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
343 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
344 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
345 GdkColormap *cmap; |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
346 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
347 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
348 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
349 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
350 look good in all cases. */ |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
351 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
352 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
353 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
354 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
355 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
356 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
357 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
358 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
359 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
360 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
361 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
362 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
363 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
364 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
365 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
366 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
367 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
368 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
369 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
370 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
371 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
372 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
373 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
374 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
375 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
376 |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
377 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
378 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
379 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
380 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
381 and is strictly not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
382 16 bits and higher). But we do it anyway so we get a pixbuf that is |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
383 not associated with the img->pixmap. The img->pixmap may be removed |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
384 by clearing the image cache and then the tool bar redraw fails, since |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
385 Gtk+ assumes the pixmap is always there. */ |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
386 cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
387 icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
388 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
389 if (! old_widget) |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
390 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
391 else |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
392 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
393 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
394 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
395 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
396 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
397 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
398 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
399 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
400 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
401 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
402 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
403 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 404 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
405 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
406 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
407 static void |
49323 | 408 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
409 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
410 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 411 { |
412 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
413 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
414 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 415 |
416 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
417 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
418 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
419 Ditto for menus. */ | |
420 | |
421 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
422 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 423 } |
424 | |
425 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
426 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
427 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
428 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
429 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
430 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
431 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
432 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
433 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
434 |
49323 | 435 static void |
436 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
437 struct atimer *timer; | |
438 { | |
439 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
440 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
441 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
442 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
443 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
444 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
445 } | |
446 | |
447 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
448 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
449 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
450 |
49323 | 451 static void |
452 xg_start_timer () | |
453 { | |
454 if (! xg_timer) | |
455 { | |
456 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
457 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
458 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
459 interval, | |
460 xg_process_timeouts, | |
461 0); | |
462 } | |
463 } | |
464 | |
465 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
466 |
49323 | 467 static void |
468 xg_stop_timer () | |
469 { | |
470 if (xg_timer) | |
471 { | |
472 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
473 xg_timer = 0; | |
474 } | |
475 } | |
476 | |
477 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
478 |
49323 | 479 static void |
480 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
481 { | |
482 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
483 |
49323 | 484 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
485 node->next = list_start; | |
486 node->prev = 0; | |
487 list->next = node; | |
488 } | |
489 | |
490 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
491 |
49323 | 492 static void |
493 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
494 { | |
495 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
496 if (node == list_start) | |
497 { | |
498 list->next = node->next; | |
499 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
500 } | |
501 else | |
502 { | |
503 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
504 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
505 } | |
506 } | |
507 | |
508 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
509 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
510 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
511 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
512 |
49323 | 513 static char * |
514 get_utf8_string (str) | |
515 char *str; | |
516 { | |
517 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
518 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
519 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
520 |
49323 | 521 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
522 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 523 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
524 | |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
525 if (!utf8_str) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
526 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
527 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
528 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
529 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
530 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
531 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
532 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
533 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
534 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
535 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
536 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
537 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
538 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
539 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
540 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
541 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
542 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
543 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
544 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
545 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
546 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
547 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
548 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
549 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
550 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
551 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
552 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
553 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
554 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
555 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
556 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
557 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
558 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
559 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
560 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
561 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
562 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
563 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
564 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
565 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
566 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
567 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
568 if (cp) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
569 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
570 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
571 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
572 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
573 if (error) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
574 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
575 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
576 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
577 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
578 } |
49323 | 579 return utf8_str; |
580 } | |
581 | |
582 | |
583 | |
584 /*********************************************************************** | |
585 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
586 ***********************************************************************/ | |
587 | |
588 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
589 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
590 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
591 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
592 |
49323 | 593 static void |
594 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
595 FRAME_PTR f; | |
596 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
597 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
598 { |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
599 int left = f->left_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
600 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
601 int top = f->top_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
602 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
603 char geom_str[32]; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
604 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
605 if (xneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
606 left = -left; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
607 if (yneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
608 top = -top; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
609 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
610 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
611 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
612 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
613 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
614 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
615 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
616 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
617 geom_str)) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
618 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
619 } |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
620 else if (f->size_hint_flags & PPosition) |
65628
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
621 gtk_window_move (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
a998f173b21a
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_geometry): Do a gtk_window_move if program
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65006
diff
changeset
|
622 f->left_pos, f->top_pos); |
49323 | 623 } |
624 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
625 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
626 /* Function to handle resize of our frame. As we have a Gtk+ tool bar |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
627 and a Gtk+ menu bar, we get resize events for the edit part of the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
628 frame only. We let Gtk+ deal with the Gtk+ parts. |
49323 | 629 F is the frame to resize. |
630 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
631 |
49323 | 632 void |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
633 xg_frame_resized (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) |
49323 | 634 FRAME_PTR f; |
635 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
636 { | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
637 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, pixelheight); |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
638 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
639 |
49323 | 640 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
641 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
642 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
643 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
644 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 645 { |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
646 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
647 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
648 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
649 if (rows != FRAME_LINES (f) || columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
650 || (f->new_text_lines != 0 && f->new_text_lines != rows) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
651 || (f->new_text_cols != 0 && f->new_text_cols != columns)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
652 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
653 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
654 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
655 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
656 } |
49323 | 657 } |
658 } | |
659 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
660 /* Process all pending events on the display for frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
661 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
662 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
663 flush_and_sync (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
664 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
665 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
666 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
667 x_sync (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
668 while (gtk_events_pending ()) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
669 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
670 gtk_main_iteration (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
671 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
672 x_sync (f); |
49323 | 673 } |
674 } | |
675 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
676 /* Turn wm hints for resize off on frame F */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
677 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
678 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
679 x_wm_size_hint_off (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
680 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
681 { |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
682 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
683 gint hint_flags = 0; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
684 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
685 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
686 size_hints.width_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
687 size_hints.height_inc = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
688 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
689 size_hints.base_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
690 size_hints.base_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
691 size_hints.min_width = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
692 size_hints.min_height = 1; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
693 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
694 NULL, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
695 &size_hints, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
696 hint_flags); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
697 /* Make sure these get set again in next call to x_wm_set_size_hint. */ |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
698 f->output_data.x->hint_flags &= ~hint_flags; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
699 flush_and_sync (f); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
700 } |
49323 | 701 |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
702 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
703 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
704 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
705 |
49323 | 706 void |
707 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
708 FRAME_PTR f; | |
709 int cols; | |
710 int rows; | |
711 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
712 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 713 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
714 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
715 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
716 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) == 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
717 return; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
718 |
49323 | 719 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
720 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
721 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
722 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
723 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
724 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
725 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 726 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
727 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 728 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
729 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
730 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
731 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
732 |
49323 | 733 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
734 but not rows/cols. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
735 Turn wm hints (min/max size and size increments) of temporarly. |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
736 It interferes too much, when for example adding or removing the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
737 menu/tool bar. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
738 x_wm_size_hint_off (f); |
49323 | 739 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
740 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
741 flush_and_sync (f); |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
742 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
49323 | 743 } |
744 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
745 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 746 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
747 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
748 | |
749 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
750 |
49323 | 751 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
752 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
753 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 754 Window wdesc; |
755 { | |
756 gpointer gdkwin; | |
757 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
758 | |
759 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
760 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
761 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
762 wdesc); |
49323 | 763 if (gdkwin) |
764 { | |
765 GdkEvent event; | |
766 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
767 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
768 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
769 |
49323 | 770 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
771 return gwdesc; | |
772 } | |
773 | |
774 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
775 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
776 |
49323 | 777 static void |
778 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
779 GtkWidget *w; | |
780 unsigned long pixel; | |
781 GdkColor *c; | |
782 { | |
783 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
784 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
785 } | |
786 | |
787 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
788 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
789 |
49323 | 790 int |
791 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
792 FRAME_PTR f; | |
793 { | |
794 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
795 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
796 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
797 GdkColor bg; | |
798 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
799 int i; | |
800 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
801 |
49323 | 802 BLOCK_INPUT; |
803 | |
91632
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
804 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
805 wtop = gtk_plug_new (f->output_data.x->parent_desc); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
806 else |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
807 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
808 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
809 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
810 |
49323 | 811 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
812 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
813 |
49323 | 814 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
815 { | |
816 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
817 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
818 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
819 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
820 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 821 return 0; |
822 } | |
823 | |
824 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
825 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
826 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
827 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 828 |
829 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
830 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
831 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 832 |
833 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
834 |
49323 | 835 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
836 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
837 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
838 | |
839 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
840 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
841 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
842 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
843 |
49323 | 844 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
845 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
846 | |
847 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
848 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
849 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
850 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
851 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
852 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
853 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
854 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 855 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
856 |
49323 | 857 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
858 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
859 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
860 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
861 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
862 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 863 |
864 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
865 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
866 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
867 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
868 |
49323 | 869 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
870 and specify it. | |
871 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
872 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
873 | |
874 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
875 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
876 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
877 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
878 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
879 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
880 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
881 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
882 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
883 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
884 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
885 | |
886 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
887 by callers of this function. */ | |
888 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
889 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
890 | |
891 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
892 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
893 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 894 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
895 | |
896 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
897 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
898 of background color. */ | |
899 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
900 | |
901 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
902 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
903 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
904 |
49323 | 905 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
906 /* That they look bad is no excuse for imposing this here. --Stef |
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
907 It should be done by providing the proper default in Fx_create_Frame. |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
908 f->border_width = 0; |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
909 f->internal_border_width = 0; */ |
49323 | 910 |
911 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
912 | |
913 return 1; | |
914 } | |
915 | |
916 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
917 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
918 that the window now has. | |
919 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
920 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
921 |
49323 | 922 void |
923 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
924 FRAME_PTR f; | |
925 long flags; | |
926 int user_position; | |
927 { | |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
928 /* Don't set size hints during initialization; that apparently leads |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
929 to a race condition. See the thread at |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
930 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2008-10/msg00033.html */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
931 if (NILP (Vafter_init_time) || !FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
932 return; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
933 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
934 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
935 to its own defaults. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
936 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
937 gint hint_flags = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
938 int base_width, base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
939 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
940 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
941 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
942 if (flags) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
943 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
944 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
945 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
946 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
947 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
948 else |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
949 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
950 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
951 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
952 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
953 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
954 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
955 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
956 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
957 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
958 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
959 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
960 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
961 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
962 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
963 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
964 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
965 size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
966 size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
967 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
968 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
969 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
970 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
971 don't think we should rely on that. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
972 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
973 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
974 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
975 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
976 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
977 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
978 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
979 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
980 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
981 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
982 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
983 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
984 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
985 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
986 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
987 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
988 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
989 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
990 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
991 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
992 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
993 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
994 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
995 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
996 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
997 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
998 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
999 if (user_position) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1000 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1001 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1002 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1003 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1005 if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1006 || memcmp (&size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1007 &f->output_data.x->size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1008 sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1009 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1010 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1011 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1012 NULL, &size_hints, hint_flags); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1013 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1014 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1015 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1016 } |
49323 | 1017 } |
1018 | |
1019 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
96363
f9d35151b907
American English spelling fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
95954
diff
changeset
|
1020 Since GTK uses the background color to clear the window, we must |
49323 | 1021 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. |
1022 F is the frame to change, | |
1023 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
49323 | 1025 void |
1026 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
1027 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1028 unsigned long bg; | |
1029 { | |
1030 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
1031 { | |
1032 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
1033 | |
1034 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1035 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
1036 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
1037 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1038 } | |
1039 } | |
1040 | |
1041 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1042 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1043 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1045 void |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1046 xg_set_frame_icon (f, icon_pixmap, icon_mask) |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1047 FRAME_PTR f; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1048 Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1049 Pixmap icon_mask; |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1050 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1051 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1052 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1053 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1054 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1055 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1056 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1057 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
49323 | 1060 |
1061 /*********************************************************************** | |
1062 Dialog functions | |
1063 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1064 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
1065 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
49323 | 1067 static char * |
1068 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
1069 { | |
1070 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
49323 | 1072 switch (key) { |
1073 case 'E': case 'e': | |
1074 title = "Error"; | |
1075 break; | |
1076 | |
1077 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1078 title = "Information"; | |
1079 break; | |
1080 | |
1081 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1082 title = "Prompt"; | |
1083 break; | |
1084 | |
1085 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1086 title = "Prompt"; | |
1087 break; | |
1088 | |
1089 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1090 title = "Question"; | |
1091 break; | |
1092 } | |
1093 | |
1094 return title; | |
1095 } | |
1096 | |
1097 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1098 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1099 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1100 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1101 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1102 W is the dialog widget. | |
1103 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1104 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1105 | |
1106 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
49323 | 1108 static gboolean |
1109 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
1110 GtkWidget *w; | |
1111 GdkEvent *event; | |
1112 gpointer user_data; | |
1113 { | |
1114 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1115 return TRUE; | |
1116 } | |
1117 | |
1118 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1119 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1120 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1121 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1122 | |
1123 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
49323 | 1125 static GtkWidget * |
1126 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1127 widget_value *wv; | |
1128 GCallback select_cb; | |
1129 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1130 { | |
1131 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1132 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1133 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1134 int left_buttons; | |
1135 int button_nr = 0; | |
1136 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1137 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1138 widget_value *item; | |
1139 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1140 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1141 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1142 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1143 | |
1144 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1145 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1146 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1147 | |
1148 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1149 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1150 | |
1151 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1152 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1153 | |
1154 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1155 | |
1156 if (make_two_rows) | |
1157 { | |
1158 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1159 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1160 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1161 | |
1162 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1163 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1164 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1165 | |
1166 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1167 } | |
1168 | |
1169 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1170 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1171 |
49323 | 1172 if (deactivate_cb) |
1173 { | |
1174 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1175 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1176 } | |
1177 | |
1178 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1179 { | |
1180 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1181 GtkWidget *w; | |
1182 GtkRequisition req; | |
1183 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1184 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1185 { |
1186 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1187 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1188 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1189 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1190 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1191 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1192 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1193 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1194 | |
1195 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1196 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1197 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1198 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1199 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1200 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1201 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1202 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1203 } | |
1204 else | |
1205 { | |
1206 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1207 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1208 if (! item->enabled) |
1209 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1210 if (select_cb) | |
1211 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1212 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1213 | |
1214 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1215 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1216 { | |
1217 if (make_two_rows) | |
1218 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1219 else | |
1220 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1221 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1222 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1223 button_spacing); | |
1224 } | |
1225 } | |
1226 | |
1227 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1228 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1229 } | |
1230 | |
1231 return wdialog; | |
1232 } | |
1233 | |
1234 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1236 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1237 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1238 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1239 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1240 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1241 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1242 int |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1243 xg_uses_old_file_dialog () |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1244 { |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1245 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1246 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1247 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1248 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1249 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1250 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1251 return 1; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1252 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1253 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1254 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1255 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1256 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1257 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1259 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1260 /* Function that is called when the file or font dialogs pop down. |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1261 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1262 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1264 static void |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1265 xg_dialog_response_cb (w, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1266 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1267 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1268 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1269 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1270 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1271 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1272 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1273 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1274 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1275 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1276 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1277 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1279 static Lisp_Object |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1280 pop_down_dialog (arg) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1281 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1282 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1283 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1284 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1285 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1286 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1287 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1288 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1290 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1292 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1294 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1295 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1297 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1298 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1299 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1300 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1301 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1302 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1304 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1305 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1306 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1307 static void |
67849 | 1308 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (widget, data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1309 GtkWidget *widget; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1310 gpointer data; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1311 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1312 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1313 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1314 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1315 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1316 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1317 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1318 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1319 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1320 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1321 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1322 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1323 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1325 static void |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1326 xg_toggle_notify_cb (gobject, arg1, user_data) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1327 GObject *gobject; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1328 GParamSpec *arg1; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1329 gpointer user_data; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1330 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1331 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1333 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1334 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1335 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1336 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1337 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1339 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1340 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1342 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1343 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1344 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1345 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1346 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1347 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1348 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1349 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1350 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1351 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1352 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1353 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1354 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1355 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1356 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1357 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1358 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1359 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1360 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1361 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1362 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1363 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1364 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1365 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1366 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1367 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1368 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1369 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1370 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1371 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1372 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1373 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1374 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1375 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1376 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1378 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1379 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1380 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1381 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1382 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1383 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1384 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1387 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1388 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1390 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1391 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1392 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1393 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1394 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1395 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1396 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1398 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1399 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1400 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1402 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1403 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1404 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1405 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1406 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1407 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1408 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1409 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1410 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1411 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1413 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1414 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1415 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1416 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1417 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1418 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1419 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1420 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1421 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1422 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1424 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1425 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1426 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1427 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1428 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1429 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1430 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1431 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1434 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1435 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1436 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
78781
415fda17ec8f
(xg_get_file_with_chooser): Move GCPRO1 after declarations
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78762
diff
changeset
|
1437 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1438 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1439 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1440 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1442 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1443 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1444 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1445 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1447 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1448 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1449 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1450 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1451 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1452 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1453 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1454 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1455 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1456 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1457 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1458 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1459 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1460 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1461 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1462 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1464 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1465 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1467 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1468 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1469 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1470 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1471 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1472 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1473 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1474 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1475 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1477 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1478 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1479 GtkWidget *w; |
1480 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1481 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1482 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1483 } |
1484 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1485 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1486 F is the current frame. |
1487 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1488 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1489 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1490 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1491 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1493 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1495 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1496 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1497 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1498 FRAME_PTR f; |
1499 char *prompt; | |
1500 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1501 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1502 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1503 { |
1504 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1505 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
49323 | 1507 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1508 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1509 | |
1510 if (default_filename) | |
1511 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1512 | |
1513 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1514 { | |
1515 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1516 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1517 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1518 } | |
1519 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1520 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1521 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1522 return filewin; |
49323 | 1523 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1524 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1526 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1527 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1528 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1529 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1530 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1531 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1532 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1533 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1534 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1536 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1537 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1539 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1540 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1541 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1542 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1543 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1544 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1545 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1546 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1547 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1548 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1549 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1550 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1552 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1553 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1554 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1555 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1556 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1557 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1559 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1561 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1562 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1563 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1564 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1565 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1566 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1568 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1570 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1571 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1572 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1573 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1574 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1575 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1576 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1577 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1579 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1580 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1581 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1582 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1583 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1584 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1585 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1586 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1587 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1588 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1589 "response", |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1590 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1591 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1593 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1594 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1595 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1596 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1598 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1599 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1600 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1601 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1602 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1603 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1605 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1606 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1607 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1608 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1609 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1610 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1612 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1614 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1615 } |
49323 | 1616 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1617 #ifdef HAVE_FREETYPE |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1618 /* Pop up a GTK font selector and return the name of the font the user |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1619 selects, as a C string. The returned font name follows GTK's own |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1620 format: |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1622 `FAMILY [VALUE1 VALUE2] SIZE' |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1624 This can be parsed using font_parse_fcname in font.c. |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1625 DEFAULT_NAME, if non-zero, is the default font name. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1627 char * |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1628 xg_get_font_name (f, default_name) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1629 FRAME_PTR f; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1630 char *default_name; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1631 { |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1632 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1633 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1634 char *fontname = NULL; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1635 int done = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1637 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1638 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1639 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1641 w = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Pick a font"); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1642 if (default_name) |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1643 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w), |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1644 default_name); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1645 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1646 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1647 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-fontdialog"); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1648 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1649 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1650 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1651 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1653 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "response", |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1654 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), &done); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1655 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1656 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1657 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1659 gtk_widget_show (w); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1660 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1661 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1662 while (!done) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1663 { |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1664 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1665 gtk_main_iteration (); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1666 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1667 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1668 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1669 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1670 #endif |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1671 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1672 if (done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1673 fontname = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1674 ((GtkFontSelectionDialog *) w); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1676 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1677 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1678 return fontname; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1679 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1680 #endif /* HAVE_FREETYPE */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1681 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
49323 | 1683 |
1684 /*********************************************************************** | |
1685 Menu functions. | |
1686 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1687 | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1688 /* The name of menu items that can be used for customization. Since GTK |
49323 | 1689 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1690 menu item names so a user can easily customize menu items. */ |
49323 | 1691 |
1692 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1693 | |
1694 | |
1695 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1696 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1697 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1698 | |
1699 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1700 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1701 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1702 | |
1703 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1704 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1705 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1706 | |
1707 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1708 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
49323 | 1710 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1711 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1712 |
49323 | 1713 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1714 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1715 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1716 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1717 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1718 { | |
1719 if (! cl_data) | |
1720 { | |
1721 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1722 cl_data->f = f; | |
1723 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1724 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1725 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1726 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1727 | |
1728 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1729 } | |
1730 | |
1731 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1732 | |
1733 return cl_data; | |
1734 } | |
1735 | |
1736 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1737 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1738 | |
1739 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1740 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1741 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1742 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1743 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1744 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1745 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1746 |
49323 | 1747 static void |
1748 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1749 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1750 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1751 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1752 { | |
1753 if (cl_data) | |
1754 { | |
1755 cl_data->f = f; | |
1756 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1757 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1758 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1759 } | |
1760 } | |
1761 | |
1762 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1763 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1764 |
49323 | 1765 static void |
1766 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1767 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1768 { | |
1769 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1770 { | |
1771 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1772 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1773 { | |
1774 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1775 xfree (cl_data); | |
1776 } | |
1777 } | |
1778 } | |
1779 | |
1780 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1781 |
49323 | 1782 void |
1783 xg_mark_data () | |
1784 { | |
1785 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1786 | |
1787 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1788 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1789 |
1790 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1791 { | |
1792 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1793 | |
1794 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1795 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1796 } |
1797 } | |
1798 | |
1799 | |
1800 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1801 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1802 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1803 |
49323 | 1804 static void |
1805 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1806 GtkWidget *w; | |
1807 gpointer client_data; | |
1808 { | |
1809 if (client_data) | |
1810 { | |
1811 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1812 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1813 xfree (data); | |
1814 } | |
1815 } | |
1816 | |
1817 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1818 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 1819 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1820 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 1821 |
1822 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
49323 | 1824 static gboolean |
1825 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1826 GtkWidget *w; | |
1827 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1828 gpointer client_data; | |
1829 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1830 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1831 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1832 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1834 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1835 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1836 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1837 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1838 if (data) |
49323 | 1839 { |
1840 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
1841 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1842 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 1843 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1844 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 1845 } |
1846 } | |
1847 | |
1848 return FALSE; | |
1849 } | |
1850 | |
1851 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1852 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1853 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1854 |
49323 | 1855 static void |
1856 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1857 GtkWidget *w; | |
1858 gpointer client_data; | |
1859 { | |
1860 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1861 } | |
1862 | |
1863 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1864 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1865 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1866 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1867 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1868 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1869 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1871 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1872 static int menu_grab_callback_cnt; |
78744
b342cac5976b
(menu_grab_callback) <cnt>: Move static variable to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78721
diff
changeset
|
1873 |
49323 | 1874 static void |
1875 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1876 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1877 gpointer client_data) | |
1878 { | |
78762
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1879 if (ungrab_p) menu_grab_callback_cnt--; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1880 else menu_grab_callback_cnt++; |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1881 |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1882 if (menu_grab_callback_cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); |
c4d33a7385f0
(cnt): Rename to menu_grab_callback_cnt for clarity.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78744
diff
changeset
|
1883 else if (menu_grab_callback_cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
49323 | 1884 } |
1885 | |
1886 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1887 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1888 | |
1889 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1890 |
49323 | 1891 static GtkWidget * |
1892 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1893 char *utf8_label; | |
1894 char *utf8_key; | |
1895 { | |
1896 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1897 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1898 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
49323 | 1900 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1901 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1902 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1903 | |
1904 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1905 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1906 |
49323 | 1907 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1908 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1909 | |
1910 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1911 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1912 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1913 |
1914 return wbox; | |
1915 } | |
1916 | |
1917 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1918 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1919 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1920 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
49323 | 1922 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1923 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1924 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1925 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1926 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1927 | |
1928 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1929 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1930 |
49323 | 1931 static GtkWidget * |
1932 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1933 char *utf8_label; | |
1934 char *utf8_key; | |
1935 widget_value *item; | |
1936 GSList **group; | |
1937 { | |
1938 GtkWidget *w; | |
1939 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1940 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1941 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1942 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1943 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1944 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1945 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1946 |
49323 | 1947 if (utf8_key) |
1948 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
49323 | 1950 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1951 { | |
1952 *group = NULL; | |
1953 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1954 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1955 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1956 } | |
1957 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1958 { | |
1959 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1960 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1961 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1962 if (item->selected) | |
1963 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1964 } | |
1965 else | |
1966 { | |
1967 *group = NULL; | |
1968 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1969 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1970 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
49323 | 1972 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1973 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1974 | |
1975 return w; | |
1976 } | |
1977 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1978 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1979 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1980 |
78787
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1981 static char* separator_names[] = { |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1982 "space", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1983 "no-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1984 "single-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1985 "double-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1986 "single-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1987 "double-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1988 "shadow-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1989 "shadow-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1990 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1991 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1992 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1993 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1994 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1995 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1996 0, |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1997 }; |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1998 |
49323 | 1999 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2000 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 2001 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2002 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2003 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2004 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2005 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2006 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2007 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2008 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2009 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2010 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2011 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2012 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2013 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2014 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2015 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2016 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2017 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2018 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2019 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2020 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2021 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2022 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2023 return 0; |
49323 | 2024 } |
2025 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2026 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2028 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2030 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2031 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2032 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2033 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2034 } |
49323 | 2035 |
2036 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2037 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2038 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2039 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2040 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2041 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2042 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 2043 GtkWidget *widget; |
2044 gpointer client_data; | |
2045 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2046 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 2047 } |
2048 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2050 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2051 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2052 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
49323 | 2054 static void |
2055 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
2056 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2057 gpointer client_data; | |
2058 { | |
2059 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2060 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2061 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2062 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2063 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2064 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2065 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2066 } |
49323 | 2067 } |
2068 | |
2069 | |
2070 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
2071 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
2072 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2073 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2074 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2075 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
2076 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
2077 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
2078 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
2079 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
2080 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
2081 | |
2082 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
49323 | 2084 static GtkWidget * |
2085 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
2086 widget_value *item; | |
2087 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2088 GCallback select_cb; | |
2089 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2090 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2091 GSList **group; | |
2092 { | |
2093 char *utf8_label; | |
2094 char *utf8_key; | |
2095 GtkWidget *w; | |
2096 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
2097 | |
2098 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2099 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
2100 | |
2101 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
2102 | |
2103 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2104 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
2105 | |
2106 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
2107 | |
2108 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
2109 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2110 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 2111 cb_data->help = item->help; |
2112 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
2113 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
49323 | 2115 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
2116 "destroy", | |
2117 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
2118 cb_data); | |
2119 | |
2120 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2121 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2122 | |
2123 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2124 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2125 { | |
2126 if (select_cb) | |
2127 cb_data->select_id | |
2128 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2129 } | |
2130 | |
2131 return w; | |
2132 } | |
2133 | |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2134 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2135 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2136 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
2137 |
49323 | 2138 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
2139 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2140 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2141 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2142 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2143 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2144 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2145 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2146 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2147 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2148 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2149 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2150 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2151 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2152 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2153 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2154 | |
2155 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2156 not NULL. | |
2157 | |
2158 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2159 | |
2160 static GtkWidget * | |
2161 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
2162 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
2163 widget_value *data; | |
2164 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2165 GCallback select_cb; | |
2166 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2167 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2168 int pop_up_p; | |
2169 int menu_bar_p; | |
2170 int add_tearoff_p; | |
2171 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
2172 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2173 char *name; | |
2174 { | |
2175 widget_value *item; | |
2176 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2177 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2178 | |
2179 if (! topmenu) | |
2180 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2181 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2182 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2183 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2184 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2185 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2186 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2187 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2188 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2189 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2190 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2191 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2192 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2193 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2194 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2195 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2196 } |
49323 | 2197 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
2198 | |
2199 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
2200 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2201 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2202 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2203 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
49323 | 2205 if (name) |
2206 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2207 | |
2208 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2209 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2210 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2211 |
2212 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
2213 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
2214 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
49323 | 2216 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2217 { | |
2218 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2219 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2220 | |
2221 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2222 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2223 } | |
2224 | |
2225 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2226 { | |
2227 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2228 |
49323 | 2229 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2230 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2231 { | |
2232 char *utf8_label; | |
2233 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2234 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2235 group = NULL; | |
2236 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2237 | |
2238 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2239 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2240 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
2241 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2242 } | |
2243 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2244 { | |
2245 group = NULL; | |
2246 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2247 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2248 } | |
2249 else | |
2250 { | |
2251 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2252 f, | |
2253 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2254 highlight_cb, | |
2255 cl_data, | |
2256 &group); | |
2257 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2258 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2259 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2260 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2261 { |
2262 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2263 f, | |
2264 select_cb, | |
2265 deactivate_cb, | |
2266 highlight_cb, | |
2267 0, | |
2268 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2269 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2270 0, |
2271 cl_data, | |
2272 0); | |
2273 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2274 } | |
2275 } | |
2276 | |
2277 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2278 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2279 } | |
2280 | |
2281 return wmenu; | |
2282 } | |
2283 | |
2284 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2285 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2286 with some text and buttons. | |
2287 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2288 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2289 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2290 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2291 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2292 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2293 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2294 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2295 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2296 | |
2297 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2298 |
49323 | 2299 GtkWidget * |
2300 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2301 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2302 char *type; | |
2303 char *name; | |
2304 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2305 widget_value *val; | |
2306 GCallback select_cb; | |
2307 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2308 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2309 { | |
2310 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2311 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2312 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2313 |
49323 | 2314 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2315 { | |
2316 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2317 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2318 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2319 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2320 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2321 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2322 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2323 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2324 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2325 { |
2326 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2327 f, | |
2328 select_cb, | |
2329 deactivate_cb, | |
2330 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2331 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2332 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2333 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2334 0, |
2335 0, | |
2336 name); | |
2337 | |
2338 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2339 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2340 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2341 { |
2342 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2343 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2344 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2345 } |
2346 } | |
2347 else | |
2348 { | |
2349 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2350 type); | |
2351 } | |
2352 | |
2353 return w; | |
2354 } | |
2355 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2356 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2357 |
49323 | 2358 static const char * |
2359 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2360 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2361 { | |
2362 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2363 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2364 } | |
2365 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2366 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2367 |
49323 | 2368 static int |
2369 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2370 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2371 char *label; | |
2372 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2373 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2374 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2375 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2376 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2377 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2378 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2379 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2380 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2381 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2382 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2383 |
2384 return is_same; | |
2385 } | |
2386 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2387 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2388 |
49323 | 2389 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2390 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2391 GList *list; |
2392 { | |
2393 GList *iter; | |
2394 | |
49572 | 2395 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2396 { |
2397 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2398 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2399 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2400 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2401 } | |
2402 } | |
2403 | |
2404 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2405 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2406 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2407 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2408 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2409 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2410 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2411 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2412 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2413 |
2414 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2415 |
49323 | 2416 static void |
49572 | 2417 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2418 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) |
49323 | 2419 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2420 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2421 GList **list; |
2422 GList *iter; | |
2423 int pos; | |
49323 | 2424 widget_value *val; |
2425 GCallback select_cb; | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2426 GCallback deactivate_cb; |
49323 | 2427 GCallback highlight_cb; |
2428 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2429 { | |
49572 | 2430 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2431 return; |
49572 | 2432 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2433 { |
49572 | 2434 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2435 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2436 |
2437 /* All updated. */ | |
2438 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2439 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2440 } |
49572 | 2441 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2442 { |
2443 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2444 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, |
49323 | 2445 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); |
2446 | |
2447 /* All updated. */ | |
2448 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2449 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2450 } |
49572 | 2451 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2452 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2453 { |
2454 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2455 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2456 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2457 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2458 } |
2459 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2460 { | |
49572 | 2461 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2462 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2463 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2464 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2465 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2466 widget_value *cur; |
2467 | |
2468 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2469 for (iter2 = iter; |
2470 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2471 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2472 { |
49572 | 2473 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2474 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2475 } | |
2476 | |
49572 | 2477 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2478 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2479 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2480 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2481 | |
2482 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2483 { |
49572 | 2484 int nr = pos; |
2485 | |
49323 | 2486 /* This corresponds to: |
2487 Current: A B C | |
2488 New: A C | |
2489 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2490 |
49323 | 2491 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2492 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2493 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2494 | |
2495 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2496 g_list_free (*list); |
2497 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2498 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2499 } |
49572 | 2500 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2501 { |
2502 /* This corresponds to: | |
2503 Current: A B C | |
2504 New: A X C | |
2505 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2506 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2507 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2508 (corresponds to B above). | |
2509 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2510 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2511 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2512 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2513 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2514 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2515 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2516 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2517 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2518 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2520 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2521 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2522 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2523 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2524 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2525 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2526 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
49572 | 2528 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2529 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2530 ++pos; |
49323 | 2531 } |
49572 | 2532 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2533 { |
2534 /* This corresponds to: | |
2535 Current: A B C | |
2536 New: A X B C | |
2537 Insert X. */ | |
2538 | |
49572 | 2539 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2540 GList *group = 0; |
2541 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2542 f, | |
2543 select_cb, | |
2544 highlight_cb, | |
2545 cl_data, | |
2546 &group); | |
2547 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2548 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2549 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2550 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2551 select_cb, deactivate_cb, |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2552 highlight_cb, |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2553 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2554 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2555 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2556 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2557 |
49572 | 2558 g_list_free (*list); |
2559 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2560 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2561 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2562 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2563 ++pos; |
49323 | 2564 } |
49572 | 2565 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2566 { |
49572 | 2567 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2568 /* This corresponds to: |
2569 Current: A B C | |
2570 New: A C B | |
2571 Move C before B */ | |
2572 | |
2573 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2574 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2575 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2576 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2577 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2578 | |
49572 | 2579 g_list_free (*list); |
2580 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2581 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2582 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2583 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2584 ++pos; |
49323 | 2585 } |
2586 } | |
2587 | |
2588 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2589 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2590 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
49323 | 2591 } |
2592 | |
2593 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2594 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2595 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2596 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invokation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2597 |
49323 | 2598 static void |
2599 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2600 widget_value *val; | |
2601 GtkWidget *w; | |
2602 GCallback select_cb; | |
2603 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2604 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2605 { | |
2606 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2607 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2608 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2609 char *utf8_label; | |
2610 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2611 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2612 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2613 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2615 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2616 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2617 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2618 | |
2619 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2620 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2621 { | |
2622 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2623 | |
2624 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2625 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2626 g_list_free (list); |
2627 | |
49323 | 2628 if (! utf8_key) |
2629 { | |
2630 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2631 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2632 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2633 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2634 wkey = 0; | |
2635 } | |
49572 | 2636 |
49323 | 2637 } |
2638 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2639 { | |
2640 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2641 | |
2642 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2643 if (utf8_key) | |
2644 { | |
2645 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2646 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2647 |
49323 | 2648 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2649 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2650 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2651 |
2652 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2653 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2654 } | |
2655 } | |
2656 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2657 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2658 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2659 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2660 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2661 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2662 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2663 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2664 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2665 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2666 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2667 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2668 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2669 |
49323 | 2670 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2671 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2672 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2673 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2674 | |
2675 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2676 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2677 if (cb_data) | |
2678 { | |
2679 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2680 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2681 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
49323 | 2683 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2684 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2685 { | |
2686 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2687 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2688 cb_data->select_id | |
2689 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2690 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2691 } | |
2692 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2693 { | |
2694 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2695 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2696 } | |
2697 } | |
2698 } | |
2699 | |
2700 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
49323 | 2702 static void |
2703 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2704 widget_value *val; | |
2705 GtkWidget *w; | |
2706 { | |
2707 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2708 } | |
2709 | |
2710 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2711 |
49323 | 2712 static void |
2713 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2714 widget_value *val; | |
2715 GtkWidget *w; | |
2716 { | |
2717 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2718 } | |
2719 | |
2720 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2721 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2722 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2723 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2724 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2725 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2726 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2727 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2728 | |
2729 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2730 was NULL. */ | |
2731 | |
2732 static GtkWidget * | |
2733 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2734 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2735 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2736 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2737 widget_value *val; | |
2738 GCallback select_cb; | |
2739 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2740 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2741 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2742 { | |
2743 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2744 GList *list = 0; | |
2745 GList *iter; | |
2746 widget_value *cur; | |
2747 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2748 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
49323 | 2750 if (submenu) |
2751 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2752 |
49323 | 2753 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2754 cur && iter; | |
2755 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2756 { | |
2757 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2758 | |
2759 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2760 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2761 { | |
2762 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2763 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2764 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2765 else break; | |
2766 } | |
2767 | |
2768 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2769 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2770 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2771 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2772 first_radio = iter; | |
2773 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2774 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2775 first_radio = 0; | |
2776 | |
2777 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2778 { | |
2779 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2780 break; | |
2781 } | |
2782 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2783 { | |
2784 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2785 break; | |
2786 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2787 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2788 } | |
2789 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2790 { | |
2791 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2792 break; | |
2793 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2794 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2795 } | |
2796 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2797 { | |
2798 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2799 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2800 | |
2801 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2802 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2803 break; | |
2804 | |
2805 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2806 | |
2807 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2808 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2809 { | |
2810 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2811 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2812 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2813 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2814 } | |
2815 else if (cur->contents) | |
2816 { | |
2817 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2818 | |
2819 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2820 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2821 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2822 | |
2823 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2824 if (nsub != sub) | |
2825 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2826 } | |
2827 } | |
2828 else | |
2829 { | |
2830 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2831 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2832 break; | |
2833 } | |
2834 } | |
2835 | |
2836 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2837 if (iter) | |
2838 { | |
2839 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2840 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2841 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2842 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2843 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
49323 | 2845 if (cur) |
2846 { | |
2847 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2848 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2849 f, | |
2850 select_cb, | |
2851 deactivate_cb, | |
2852 highlight_cb, | |
2853 0, | |
2854 0, | |
2855 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2856 submenu, | |
2857 cl_data, | |
2858 0); | |
2859 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2860 |
49572 | 2861 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2862 | |
49323 | 2863 return newsub; |
2864 } | |
2865 | |
2866 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2867 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2868 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2869 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2870 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2871 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2872 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2873 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2874 |
49323 | 2875 void |
2876 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2877 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2878 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2879 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2880 widget_value *val; | |
2881 int deep_p; | |
2882 GCallback select_cb; | |
2883 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2884 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2885 { | |
2886 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2887 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2888 | |
2889 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2890 |
49323 | 2891 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2892 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2893 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2894 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2895 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2897 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2898 { |
2899 widget_value *cur; | |
2900 | |
2901 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2902 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2903 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2904 | |
2905 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2906 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2907 | |
2908 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2909 { | |
49572 | 2910 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2911 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2912 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2913 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2914 | |
2915 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2916 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2917 { | |
2918 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2919 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2920 { | |
2921 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2922 break; | |
2923 } | |
2924 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2925 |
49323 | 2926 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2927 f, | |
2928 cur->contents, | |
2929 select_cb, | |
2930 deactivate_cb, | |
2931 highlight_cb, | |
2932 cl_data); | |
2933 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2934 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2935 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2936 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2937 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2938 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2939 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2940 } |
49323 | 2941 } |
2942 } | |
2943 | |
49572 | 2944 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2945 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2946 } | |
2947 | |
2948 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2949 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2950 | |
2951 int | |
2952 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2953 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2954 { | |
2955 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2956 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2957 |
49323 | 2958 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2959 return 0; | |
2960 | |
2961 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2962 | |
2963 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2964 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2965 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2966 | |
2967 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2968 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2969 | |
2970 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2971 | |
2972 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2973 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
2974 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
49323 | 2976 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2977 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2979 return 1; |
49323 | 2980 } |
2981 | |
2982 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2983 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2984 | |
2985 void | |
2986 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
2987 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2988 { | |
2989 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2990 | |
2991 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2992 { | |
2993 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2994 | |
2995 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2996 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2997 the container. */ | |
2998 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2999 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
3000 | |
3001 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3002 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3003 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3004 |
3005 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3006 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3007 } | |
3008 } | |
3009 | |
3010 | |
3011 | |
3012 /*********************************************************************** | |
3013 Scroll bar functions | |
3014 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3015 | |
3016 | |
3017 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
3018 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3019 |
49323 | 3020 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
3021 | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3022 /* Xlib's `Window' fits in 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3023 may be larger than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3024 pointers to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3025 |
49323 | 3026 static struct |
3027 { | |
3028 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
3029 int max_size; | |
3030 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3031 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 3032 |
3033 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3034 |
49323 | 3035 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
3036 | |
3037 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3038 |
49323 | 3039 static int |
3040 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
3041 GtkWidget *w; | |
3042 { | |
3043 int i; | |
3044 | |
3045 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
3046 { | |
3047 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
3048 | |
3049 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
3050 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
3051 | |
3052 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
3053 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
3054 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
3055 } | |
3056 | |
3057 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
3058 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
3059 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
3060 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
3061 { | |
3062 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
3063 { | |
3064 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
3065 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
3066 | |
3067 return i; | |
3068 } | |
3069 } | |
3070 | |
3071 /* Should never end up here */ | |
3072 abort (); | |
3073 } | |
3074 | |
3075 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
3076 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3077 |
49323 | 3078 static void |
3079 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3080 int idx; | |
3081 { | |
3082 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3083 { | |
3084 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
3085 --id_to_widget.used; | |
3086 } | |
3087 } | |
3088 | |
3089 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
49323 | 3091 static GtkWidget * |
3092 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
3093 int idx; | |
3094 { | |
3095 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3096 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
3097 | |
3098 return 0; | |
3099 } | |
3100 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3101 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 3102 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3103 |
50063 | 3104 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3105 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3106 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 3107 Window wid; |
3108 { | |
3109 int idx; | |
3110 GtkWidget *w; | |
3111 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3112 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 3113 |
3114 if (w) | |
3115 { | |
3116 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
3117 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
3118 return idx; | |
3119 } | |
3120 | |
3121 return -1; | |
3122 } | |
3123 | |
49323 | 3124 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
3125 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
3126 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3127 |
49323 | 3128 static void |
3129 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
3130 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3131 gpointer data; | |
3132 { | |
3133 gpointer p; | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3134 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3135 |
49323 | 3136 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
95481
4390d64d3328
Make "xfree (NULL)" a no-op; remove useless if-before-xfree.
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
3137 xfree (p); |
49323 | 3138 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); |
3139 } | |
3140 | |
3141 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
3142 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handeled. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3143 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 3144 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
3145 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3146 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 3147 |
3148 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
3149 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3150 |
49323 | 3151 static gboolean |
3152 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
3153 GtkWidget *widget; | |
3154 GdkEventButton *event; | |
3155 gpointer user_data; | |
3156 { | |
3157 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
3158 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3159 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3160 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3161 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3162 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3163 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3164 } |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3165 |
49323 | 3166 return FALSE; |
3167 } | |
3168 | |
3169 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
3170 in BAR. | |
3171 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
3172 bar changes. | |
3173 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
3174 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3175 |
49323 | 3176 void |
3177 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
3178 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3179 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3180 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
3181 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
3182 { | |
3183 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3184 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3185 GtkObject *vadj; |
3186 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3187 |
49323 | 3188 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3189 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3190 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3191 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3192 | |
3193 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3194 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3195 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3196 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3197 |
49323 | 3198 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3199 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3200 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 3201 "value-changed", |
3202 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3203 (gpointer) bar); |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3204 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3205 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3206 "destroy", | |
3207 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3208 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
49323 | 3209 |
3210 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
3211 has the pointer. */ | |
3212 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
3213 "button-press-event", | |
3214 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3215 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 3216 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3217 "button-release-event", | |
3218 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
3219 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3220 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3221 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3222 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3223 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3224 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3225 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3226 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3227 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3228 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3229 |
49323 | 3230 |
3231 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3232 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3233 |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3234 bar->x_window = scroll_id; |
49323 | 3235 } |
3236 | |
3237 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3238 |
49323 | 3239 void |
3240 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
3241 int scrollbar_id; | |
3242 { | |
3243 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3244 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3245 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 3246 } |
3247 | |
3248 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3249 |
49323 | 3250 void |
3251 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
3252 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3253 int scrollbar_id; | |
3254 { | |
3255 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3256 if (w) | |
3257 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3258 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3259 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3260 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3261 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3262 } | |
3263 } | |
3264 | |
3265 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3266 in frame F. | |
3267 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3268 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3269 |
49323 | 3270 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3271 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 3272 FRAME_PTR f; |
3273 int scrollbar_id; | |
3274 int top; | |
3275 int left; | |
3276 int width; | |
3277 int height; | |
3278 { | |
49572 | 3279 |
3280 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3281 |
49572 | 3282 if (wscroll) |
3283 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3284 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3285 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3286 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3287 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3288 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3289 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3290 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wparent); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3291 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3292 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3293 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3294 here to get some events. */ |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3295 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3296 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3297 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3298 } | |
49323 | 3299 } |
3300 | |
3301 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3302 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3303 |
49323 | 3304 void |
3305 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3306 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3307 int portion, position, whole; | |
3308 { | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3309 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (bar->x_window); |
49323 | 3310 |
3311 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3312 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3313 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3314 { |
3315 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3316 gdouble shown; | |
3317 gdouble top; | |
3318 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3319 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3320 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3321 |
49323 | 3322 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3323 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3324 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3325 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3326 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3327 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3328 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3329 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3330 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3331 |
49323 | 3332 if (whole <= 0) |
3333 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3334 else | |
3335 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3336 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3337 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3338 } | |
3339 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3340 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3341 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3342 size = max (size, 1); |
3343 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3344 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3345 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3346 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3347 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3348 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3349 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3350 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3351 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3352 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3353 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3354 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3355 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3356 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3357 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3358 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3359 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3360 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3361 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3362 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3363 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3364 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3365 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3366 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3367 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3368 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3369 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3370 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3371 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3372 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3373 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3374 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3375 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3376 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3377 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3378 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3379 } |
49323 | 3380 } |
3381 } | |
3382 | |
3383 | |
3384 /*********************************************************************** | |
3385 Tool bar functions | |
3386 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3387 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3388 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3389 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3390 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3391 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3392 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3393 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3394 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3395 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3396 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3397 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3398 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3399 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3400 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3401 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3402 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3403 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3404 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3405 stock items. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3406 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3407 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3408 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3409 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3410 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3411 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3412 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3413 static gboolean |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3414 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3415 GtkWidget *widget; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3416 GdkEventButton *event; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3417 gpointer user_data; |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3418 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3419 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3420 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3421 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3422 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3423 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3424 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3425 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3426 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3427 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3428 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3429 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3430 |
49323 | 3431 static void |
3432 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3433 GtkWidget *w; | |
3434 gpointer client_data; | |
3435 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3436 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3437 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3438 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3439 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3440 |
49323 | 3441 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3442 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3443 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3444 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3445 |
3446 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3447 return; | |
3448 | |
3449 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3450 |
49323 | 3451 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3452 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3453 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3454 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3455 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3456 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3457 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3458 event.arg = frame; |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3459 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3460 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3461 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
49323 | 3462 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
3463 event.arg = key; | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3464 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3465 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK an X masks are the same, which they are when |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3466 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3467 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3468 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
3469 } | |
3470 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3471 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3472 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3473 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3474 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3475 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3476 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3477 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3478 static void |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3479 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (w, client_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3480 GtkWidget *w; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3481 gpointer client_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3482 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3483 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3484 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3485 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3486 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3487 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3488 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3489 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3490 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3491 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3492 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3493 static gboolean |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3494 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (toolitem, user_data) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3495 GtkToolItem *toolitem; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3496 gpointer user_data; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3497 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3498 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3499 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3500 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new (); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3501 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3502 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3503 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3504 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3505 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3506 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3507 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3508 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton))); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3509 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3510 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
85938
d7e05ac913d8
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
84621
diff
changeset
|
3511 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3512 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3513 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3514 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3515 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3516 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3517 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3518 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3519 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3520 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3521 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3522 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3523 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3524 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3525 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3526 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3527 gint width, height; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3528 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3529 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3530 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3531 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3532 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3533 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3534 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3535 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3536 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3537 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3539 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3540 } |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3541 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3542 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3543 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF failed\n"); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3544 abort (); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3545 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3546 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3547 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3548 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3549 const gchar *icon_name; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3550 GtkIconSize icon_size; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3551 |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3552 gtk_image_get_icon_name (wimage, &icon_name, &icon_size); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3553 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3554 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3555 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3556 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3557 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3558 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: store_type is %d\n", store_type); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3559 abort (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3560 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3561 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3562 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3563 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3564 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3565 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3566 "activate", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3567 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3568 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3569 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3570 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3571 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3572 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3574 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3575 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3576 |
49323 | 3577 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3578 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3579 are correctly calculated. | |
3580 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3581 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3582 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3583 |
49323 | 3584 static void |
3585 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3586 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3587 GtkWidget *w; | |
3588 gpointer client_data; | |
3589 { | |
3590 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3591 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3592 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3593 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3594 NULL); |
49323 | 3595 |
3596 if (f) | |
3597 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3598 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3599 |
49323 | 3600 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3601 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3602 place. */ | |
3603 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3604 | |
3605 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3606 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3607 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3608 } |
3609 } | |
3610 | |
3611 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3612 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3613 are correctly calculated. | |
3614 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3615 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3616 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3617 |
49323 | 3618 static void |
3619 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3620 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3621 GtkWidget *w; | |
3622 gpointer client_data; | |
3623 { | |
3624 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3625 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3626 |
3627 if (f) | |
3628 { | |
3629 GtkRequisition req; | |
3630 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3631 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3632 |
49323 | 3633 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3634 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3635 | |
3636 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3637 rows to what we had before attaching the tool bar. */ |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
3638 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3639 } |
3640 } | |
3641 | |
3642 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3643 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3644 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3645 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3646 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3647 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3648 | |
3649 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3650 |
49323 | 3651 static gboolean |
3652 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3653 GtkWidget *w; | |
3654 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3655 gpointer client_data; | |
3656 { | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3657 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3658 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3659 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3660 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3661 | |
3662 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3663 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3664 |
3665 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3666 { | |
3667 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3668 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3669 | |
3670 if (NILP (help)) | |
3671 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3672 } | |
3673 else | |
3674 help = Qnil; | |
3675 | |
3676 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3677 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3678 | |
3679 return FALSE; | |
3680 } | |
3681 | |
3682 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3683 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3684 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3685 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3686 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3687 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3688 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3689 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3691 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3692 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3693 static gboolean |
50063 | 3694 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3695 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3696 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3697 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3698 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3699 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3700 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3701 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3703 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3704 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3706 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3707 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3708 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3709 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3710 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3711 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3712 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3713 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3714 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3715 /* Attach a tool bar to frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3717 static void |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3718 xg_pack_tool_bar (f) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3719 FRAME_PTR f; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3720 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3721 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3722 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3723 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3724 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3725 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3726 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3727 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3728 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3730 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3731 x->toolbar_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3733 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3734 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3736 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3737 vbox_pos); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3738 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3739 } |
50063 | 3740 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3741 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3742 |
49323 | 3743 static void |
3744 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3745 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3746 { | |
3747 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3748 GtkRequisition req; | |
3749 | |
3750 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3751 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3752 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3753 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3754 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3755 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3756 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3757 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3758 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3759 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3760 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3761 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3762 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3763 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3764 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
49323 | 3765 } |
3766 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3767 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3768 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3770 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3771 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3772 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3773 static Lisp_Object |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3774 find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3775 FRAME_PTR f; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3776 Lisp_Object image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3777 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3778 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3779 int i; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3780 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3781 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3782 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3783 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3784 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3785 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3786 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3787 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3788 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3789 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3790 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3791 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3792 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3793 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3794 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3795 image = rtl_image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3796 break; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3797 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3798 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3799 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3800 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3801 return image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3802 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3803 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3804 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3805 |
49323 | 3806 void |
3807 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3808 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3809 { | |
3810 int i; | |
3811 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3812 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
3813 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3814 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3815 GtkToolItem *ti; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3816 GtkTextDirection dir; |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3817 int pack_tool_bar = x->handlebox_widget == NULL; |
49323 | 3818 |
3819 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3820 return; | |
3821 | |
3822 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3823 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3824 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3825 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3826 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3827 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3828 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3829 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3830 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3831 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3832 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3833 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3834 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3835 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3836 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3837 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3838 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3839 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3840 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3841 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3842 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3843 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3844 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3845 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3846 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3847 |
49323 | 3848 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3849 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3850 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3851 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3852 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &old_req); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3853 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (x->toolbar_widget); |
49323 | 3854 |
3855 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) | |
3856 { | |
3857 | |
3858 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3859 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3860 int idx; | |
3861 int img_id; | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3862 int icon_size = 0; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3863 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 3864 Lisp_Object image; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3865 Lisp_Object stock; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3866 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3867 char *stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3868 char *icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3869 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3870 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3871 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3872 Lisp_Object func = intern ("x-gtk-map-stock"); |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3873 Lisp_Object specified_file; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3874 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3875 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3876 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3877 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3878 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3879 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3880 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3881 } |
49323 | 3882 |
3883 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3884 | |
3885 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3886 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3887 { | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3888 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 3889 continue; |
3890 } | |
3891 | |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3892 specified_file = file_for_image (image); |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3893 if (!NILP (specified_file) && EQ (Qt, Ffboundp (func))) |
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3894 stock = call1 (func, specified_file); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3895 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3896 if (! NILP (stock) && STRINGP (stock)) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3897 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3898 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3899 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3900 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3901 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3902 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3903 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3904 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3905 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3906 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3907 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3908 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3909 icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3910 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3911 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3912 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3913 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3914 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3915 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3916 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3917 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3918 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3919 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3920 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3921 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3922 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3923 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3924 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3925 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3926 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3927 button state. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3928 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3929 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3930 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3931 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3932 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3933 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3934 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3935 if (VECTORP (image)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3936 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3937 if (enabled_p) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3938 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3939 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3940 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3941 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3942 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3943 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3944 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3946 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3947 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3948 } |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3949 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3950 idx = -1; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3952 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3953 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3954 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3955 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3956 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3957 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3958 if (ti) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3959 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3960 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3961 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3962 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3963 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3964 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3965 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3966 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3967 GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3968 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3969 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3970 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3971 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3972 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3973 continue; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3974 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3975 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3976 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3977 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 3978 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3979 GtkWidget *w; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3980 if (stock_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3981 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3982 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3983 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3984 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3985 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3986 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3987 else if (icon_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3988 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3989 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3990 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3991 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3992 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3993 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3994 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3995 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3996 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3997 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3998 this function is called again. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3999 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4000 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4001 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4002 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4003 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4004 wbutton = gtk_button_new (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4005 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), FALSE); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4006 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wbutton), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4007 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), w); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4008 weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4009 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wbutton); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4010 ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4011 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
4012 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), ti, -1); |
74376
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
4013 |
42ad3938ee1a
(update_frame_tool_bar): Handle modifying a toolbar item
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73661
diff
changeset
|
4014 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
4015 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4016 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4017 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4018 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4019 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
4020 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wbutton), "clicked", |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4021 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4022 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4023 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4024 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4025 |
49323 | 4026 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4027 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4028 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4029 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 4030 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4031 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4032 "expose-event", |
50063 | 4033 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4034 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4035 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4036 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4037 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4038 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4039 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4040 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4041 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4042 g_signal_connect (wbutton, "button-release-event", |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4043 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4044 NULL); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4045 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4046 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wbutton), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4047 |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4048 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4049 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4050 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4051 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4052 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4053 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4054 "enter-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4055 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4056 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4057 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
68500
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4058 "leave-notify-event", |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4059 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4e4d545ce006
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Use new tool bar functions
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68100
diff
changeset
|
4060 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
49323 | 4061 } |
4062 else | |
4063 { | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4064 GtkWidget *wimage = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4065 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4066 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4067 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4068 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4069 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4070 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4071 if (stock_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4072 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4073 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4074 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4075 stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4076 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4077 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4078 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4079 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4080 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4081 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4082 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4083 else if (icon_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4084 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4085 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4086 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4087 icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4088 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4089 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4090 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4091 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4092 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4093 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4094 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4095 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4096 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4097 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4098 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4099 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4100 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4101 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4102 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4103 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4104 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4105 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4106 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4107 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4108 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4109 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4110 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4111 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4112 |
49323 | 4113 #undef PROP |
4114 } | |
4115 | |
4116 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4117 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4118 do |
49323 | 4119 { |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4120 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), i++); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4121 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4122 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4123 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4124 new_req.height = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4125 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &new_req); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4126 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4127 if (pack_tool_bar && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4128 xg_pack_tool_bar (f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4129 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4130 if (new_req.height != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4131 && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4132 && old_req.height != new_req.height |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4133 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 4134 { |
4135 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4136 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4137 } |
4138 | |
4139 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4140 } | |
4141 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4142 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4143 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4144 |
49323 | 4145 void |
4146 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
4147 FRAME_PTR f; | |
4148 { | |
4149 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4150 | |
4151 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4152 { | |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4153 int is_packed = x->handlebox_widget != 0; |
49323 | 4154 BLOCK_INPUT; |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4155 /* We may have created the toolbar_widget in xg_create_tool_bar, but |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4156 not the x->handlebox_widget which is created in xg_pack_tool_bar. */ |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4157 if (is_packed) |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4158 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4159 x->handlebox_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4160 else |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4161 gtk_widget_destroy (x->toolbar_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4162 |
49323 | 4163 x->toolbar_widget = 0; |
4164 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
4165 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
4166 | |
4167 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
4168 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
4169 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 4170 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4171 } | |
4172 } | |
4173 | |
4174 | |
4175 | |
4176 /*********************************************************************** | |
4177 Initializing | |
4178 ***********************************************************************/ | |
4179 void | |
4180 xg_initialize () | |
4181 { | |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4182 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4183 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4184 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4185 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4186 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4187 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4188 #endif |
84621 | 4189 |
4190 gdpy_def = NULL; | |
49323 | 4191 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4192 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4193 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4194 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4195 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4196 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4197 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4198 |
49323 | 4199 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4200 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4201 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4202 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4203 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4204 "VoidSymbol", | |
4205 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4206 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4207 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4208 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4209 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4210 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4211 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4212 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4213 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4214 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4215 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4216 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4217 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4218 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4219 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4220 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4221 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (gtk_type_class (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4222 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4223 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4224 } |
4225 | |
4226 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4227 |
4228 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4229 (do not change this comment) */ |